IDEX Mirror mode based on Formbot / Vivedino Symmetric mode (#13404)
This commit is contained in:
parent
5c1aa5162d
commit
09eb30dc05
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ class FilamentSensorBase {
|
||||
if (true
|
||||
#if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
&& (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE)
|
||||
&& (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_MIRRORED_MODE)
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION)
|
||||
&& extruder_duplication_enabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -32,25 +32,34 @@
|
||||
#include "../../module/tool_change.h"
|
||||
#include "../../module/planner.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_DXC_MODE)
|
||||
#include "../../core/debug_out.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M605: Set dual x-carriage movement mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M605 : Restore user specified DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE
|
||||
* M605 S0 : Full control mode. The slicer has full control over x-carriage movement
|
||||
* M605 S1 : Auto-park mode. The inactive head will auto park/unpark without slicer involvement
|
||||
* M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]: Duplication mode. The second extruder will duplicate the first with nnn
|
||||
* units x-offset and an optional differential hotend temperature of
|
||||
* mmm degrees. E.g., with "M605 S2 X100 R2" the second extruder will duplicate
|
||||
* the first with a spacing of 100mm in the x direction and 2 degrees hotter.
|
||||
* M605 S3 : Enable Scaled Duplication mode. The second extruder will duplicate the first extruder's
|
||||
* movement similar to the M605 S2 mode. However, the second extruder will be producing
|
||||
* a scaled image of the first extruder. The initial x-offset and temperature differential are
|
||||
* set with M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm] and then followed with a M605 S3 to start the mirrored movement.
|
||||
* M605 S0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M605 S1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so that
|
||||
* additional slicer support is not required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M605 S2 X R : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with "M605 S2" to initiate duplicated movement. For example, use "M605 S2 X100 R2" to
|
||||
* make a copy 100mm to the right with E1 2° hotter than E0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M605 S3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* The temperature differential and initial X offset must be set with "M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg]",
|
||||
* then followed by "M605 S3" to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M605 W : IDEX What? command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: the X axis should be homed after changing dual x-carriage mode.
|
||||
* Note: the X axis should be homed after changing Dual X-carriage mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void GcodeSuite::M605() {
|
||||
planner.synchronize();
|
||||
@ -59,18 +68,16 @@
|
||||
const DualXMode previous_mode = dual_x_carriage_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
dual_x_carriage_mode = (DualXMode)parser.value_byte();
|
||||
mirrored_duplication_mode = false;
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
scaled_duplication_mode = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE) {
|
||||
if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_MIRRORED_MODE) {
|
||||
if (previous_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Printer must be in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE prior to ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("specifying DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE.");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("specifying DXC_MIRRORED_MODE.");
|
||||
dual_x_carriage_mode = DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
scaled_duplication_mode = true;
|
||||
mirrored_duplication_mode = true;
|
||||
stepper.set_directions();
|
||||
float x_jog = current_position[X_AXIS] - .1;
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 2; --i;) {
|
||||
@ -79,7 +86,6 @@
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
|
||||
case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE:
|
||||
@ -105,47 +111,37 @@
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_DXC_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
if (parser.seen('W')) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHO_START();
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IDEX mode: ");
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHO_START();
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Dual X Carriage Mode ");
|
||||
switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
|
||||
case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOPGM("FULL_CONTROL"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOPGM("AUTO_PARK"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOPGM("DUPLICATION"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOPGM("MIRRORED"); break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nActive Ext: ", int(active_extruder));
|
||||
if (!active_extruder_parked) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" NOT ");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" parked.");
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position[X_AXIS]);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\ninactive_extruder_x_pos: ", inactive_extruder_x_pos);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nextruder_duplication_enabled: ", int(extruder_duplication_enabled));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_x_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_x_offset);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_temp_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_temp_offset);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\ndelayed_move_time: ", delayed_move_time);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1 Home X: ", x_home_pos(0));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1_MIN_POS=", int(X1_MIN_POS));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1_MAX_POS=", int(X1_MAX_POS));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2 Home X: ", x_home_pos(1));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_MIN_POS=", int(X2_MIN_POS));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_MAX_POS=", int(X2_MAX_POS));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_DIR=", int(X2_HOME_DIR));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_POS=", int(X2_HOME_POS));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE=", STRINGIFY(DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nTOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE=", float(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET=", int(DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET));
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL();
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nActive Ext: ", int(active_extruder));
|
||||
if (!active_extruder_parked) DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" NOT ");
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" parked.");
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position[X_AXIS]);
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\ninactive_extruder_x_pos: ", inactive_extruder_x_pos);
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nextruder_duplication_enabled: ", int(extruder_duplication_enabled));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_x_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_x_offset);
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_temp_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_temp_offset);
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\ndelayed_move_time: ", delayed_move_time);
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX1 Home X: ", x_home_pos(0), "\nX1_MIN_POS=", int(X1_MIN_POS), "\nX1_MAX_POS=", int(X1_MAX_POS));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX2 Home X: ", x_home_pos(1), "\nX2_MIN_POS=", int(X2_MIN_POS), "\nX2_MAX_POS=", int(X2_MAX_POS));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_DIR=", int(X2_HOME_DIR), "\nX2_HOME_POS=", int(X2_HOME_POS));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE=", STRINGIFY(DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nTOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE=", float(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE));
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET=", int(DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET));
|
||||
DEBUG_EOL();
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" nozzle:", int(i));
|
||||
LOOP_XYZ(j) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" hotend_offset[");
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[j]);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("_AXIS][", int(i));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("]=", hotend_offset[j][i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL();
|
||||
HOTEND_LOOP() {
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" nozzle:", int(e));
|
||||
LOOP_XYZ(j) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" hotend_offset[", axis_codes[j], "_AXIS][", int(e), "]=", hotend_offset[j][e]);
|
||||
DEBUG_EOL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL();
|
||||
DEBUG_EOL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif // DEBUG_DXC_MODE
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() {
|
||||
if (
|
||||
active_extruder != target_extruder
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
&& dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
&& dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
) tool_change(target_extruder, 0, false);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX-Modus")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Autom. Parken")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplizieren")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Skalierung kopieren")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Spiegelkopie")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("vollstä. Kontrolle")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. Düse X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. Düse Y")
|
||||
|
@ -247,8 +247,8 @@
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplication")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Scaled copy")
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Mirrored copy")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Full control")
|
||||
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Modo IDEX")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplicazione")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Copia scalata")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Copia speculare")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Pieno controllo")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2° ugello X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2° ugello Y")
|
||||
|
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX Mode")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Park")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplication")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Scaled copy")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("미러 사본")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Full control")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nozzle X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2nd nozzle Y")
|
||||
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("Modo IDEX")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-Estacionar")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplicação")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Cópia em Escala")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Cópia espelhada")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Controle Total")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2o bico X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2o bico Y")
|
||||
|
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX mód")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Auto-parkovanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Duplikácia")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Zmenšená kópia")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Plná kontrola")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. tryska Y")
|
||||
|
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MENU _UxGT("IDEX Modu")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK _UxGT("Oto-Park")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE _UxGT("Kopyala")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY _UxGT("Ölçeklenmiş Kopya")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY _UxGT("Yansıtılmış kopya")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL _UxGT("Tam Kontrol")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET _UxGT("2. nozul X")
|
||||
#define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET _UxGT("2. nozul Y")
|
||||
|
@ -138,10 +138,10 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() {
|
||||
? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100") // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
|
||||
: PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100")
|
||||
);
|
||||
//MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY, need_g28
|
||||
// ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200") // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
|
||||
// : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")
|
||||
//);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY, need_g28
|
||||
? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200") // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
|
||||
: PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")
|
||||
);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL, PSTR("M605 S0\nG28 X"));
|
||||
MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52, MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET , &hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], MIN(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS) - 25.0, MAX(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS) + 25.0, _recalc_IDEX_settings);
|
||||
MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52, MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET , &hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][1], -10.0, 10.0, _recalc_IDEX_settings);
|
||||
|
@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() {
|
||||
#endif // !UBL_SEGMENTED
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
bool extruder_duplication_enabled;
|
||||
//scaled_duplication_mode;
|
||||
bool extruder_duplication_enabled,
|
||||
mirrored_duplication_mode;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) && HOTENDS > 2
|
||||
@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() {
|
||||
active_extruder_parked = false;
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Clear active_extruder_parked");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE:
|
||||
case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE:
|
||||
case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE:
|
||||
if (active_extruder == 0) {
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Set planner X", inactive_extruder_x_pos, " ... Line to X", current_position[X_AXIS] + duplicate_extruder_x_offset);
|
||||
|
@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis);
|
||||
* Duplication mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
extern bool extruder_duplication_enabled; // Used in Dual X mode 2
|
||||
//scaled_duplication_mode; // Used in Dual X mode 3
|
||||
extern bool extruder_duplication_enabled, // Used in Dual X mode 2
|
||||
mirrored_duplication_mode; // Used in Dual X mode 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) && HOTENDS > 2
|
||||
@ -333,16 +333,16 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis);
|
||||
DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE,
|
||||
DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE,
|
||||
DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE,
|
||||
DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern DualXMode dual_x_carriage_mode;
|
||||
extern float inactive_extruder_x_pos, // used in mode 0 & 1
|
||||
raised_parked_position[XYZE], // used in mode 1
|
||||
duplicate_extruder_x_offset; // used in mode 2 & 3
|
||||
extern bool active_extruder_parked; // used in mode 1, 2 & 3
|
||||
extern millis_t delayed_move_time; // used in mode 1
|
||||
extern int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset; // used in mode 2 & 3
|
||||
extern float inactive_extruder_x_pos, // Used in mode 0 & 1
|
||||
raised_parked_position[XYZE], // Used in mode 1
|
||||
duplicate_extruder_x_offset; // Used in mode 2 & 3
|
||||
extern bool active_extruder_parked; // Used in mode 1, 2 & 3
|
||||
extern millis_t delayed_move_time; // Used in mode 1
|
||||
extern int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset; // Used in mode 2 & 3
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE bool dxc_is_duplicating() { return dual_x_carriage_mode >= DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -284,22 +284,14 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ X_STEP_WRITE(v); X2_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_DIR(v,ALWAYS) \
|
||||
if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { \
|
||||
X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
X2_DIR_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else { \
|
||||
if (movement_extruder()) X2_DIR_WRITE(v); else X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_STEP(v,ALWAYS) \
|
||||
if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { \
|
||||
X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
X2_STEP_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else { \
|
||||
if (movement_extruder()) X2_STEP_WRITE(v); else X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_DIR(v,ALWAYS) do{ \
|
||||
if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { X_DIR_WRITE(v); X2_DIR_WRITE(mirrored_duplication_mode ? !(v) : v); } \
|
||||
else if (movement_extruder()) X2_DIR_WRITE(v); else X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
}while(0)
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_STEP(v,ALWAYS) do{ \
|
||||
if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { X_STEP_WRITE(v); X2_STEP_WRITE(v); } \
|
||||
else if (movement_extruder()) X2_STEP_WRITE(v); else X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
|
||||
}while(0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) X_DIR_WRITE(v)
|
||||
#define X_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) X_STEP_WRITE(v)
|
||||
|
@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) {
|
||||
if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
|
||||
DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Dual X Carriage Mode ");
|
||||
switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
|
||||
case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("FULL_CONTROL"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("AUTO_PARK"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DUPLICATION"); break;
|
||||
case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("MIRRORED"); break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
|
||||
|
||||
planner.synchronize();
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) // Only T0 allowed if the Printer is in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE or DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) // Only T0 allowed if the Printer is in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE or DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
|
||||
if (tmp_extruder != 0 && dxc_is_duplicating())
|
||||
return invalid_extruder_error(tmp_extruder);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,30 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -408,31 +408,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -408,28 +408,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 0 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -408,29 +408,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 0 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
// Mode 3 (DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Not working yet, but support routines in place
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -417,31 +417,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user